blob: c37b7707b21c4c9519c3f41e02287e074b0bf7b3 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000021#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000022#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000024#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
25#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000030using namespace clang;
31
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000032
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000033/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
34/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
35///
36/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
37/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
38/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
39/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
40/// function is being used.
41///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000042/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
43/// decls.
44///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
46/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000047///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000048bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000049 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000050 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000051 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000052 }
53
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000054 // See if the decl is unavailable
55 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
56 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
57 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
58 }
59
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000060 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000061 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
63 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
64 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
65 return true;
66 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000067 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000068
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070}
71
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000072/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000073/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
75///
76void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000077 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000078 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000080 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000081 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
82 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000083
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000084 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
85 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000086 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000087 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
88 int isMethod = 0;
89 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
90 // skip over named parameters.
91 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
92 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
93 if (nullPos)
94 --nullPos;
95 else
96 ++i;
97 }
98 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
99 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000100 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000101 // skip over named parameters.
102 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
103 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
104 if (nullPos)
105 --nullPos;
106 else
107 ++i;
108 }
109 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000110 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000111 // block or function pointer call.
112 QualType Ty = V->getType();
113 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000114 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000115 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
116 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000117 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
118 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
119 unsigned k;
120 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
121 if (nullPos)
122 --nullPos;
123 else
124 ++i;
125 }
126 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
127 }
128 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
129 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000133 return;
134
135 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000136 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000137 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 return;
139 }
140 int sentinel = i;
141 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
142 --sentinelPos;
143 ++i;
144 }
145 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
146 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000147 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000148 return;
149 }
150 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
151 ++i;
152 ++sentinel;
153 }
154 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000155 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
156 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
157 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
158 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000159 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000160 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000161 }
162 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000163}
164
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000165SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
166 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
167 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
168}
169
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000170//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
171// Standard Promotions and Conversions
172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000174/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
175void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
176 QualType Ty = E->getType();
177 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
178
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000179 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000180 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000181 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000182 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
183 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
184 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
185 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
186 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
187 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
188 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000189 //
190 // C++ 4.2p1:
191 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
192 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
193 //
194 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
195 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000196 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
197 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000198 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000199}
200
201/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000202/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000203/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
204/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
205/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
206Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
207 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
208 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000209
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000210 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
211 //
212 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
213 // unsigned int may be used:
214 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
215 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
216 // and unsigned int.
217 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
218 //
219 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
220 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
221 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
222 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000223 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
224 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000225 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000226 return Expr;
227 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000228 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000229 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000230 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000231 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000232 }
233
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000235 return Expr;
236}
237
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000238/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000239/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000240/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
241void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
242 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
243 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000244
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000245 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000246 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000247 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000248 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
249 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000250
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000251 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
252}
253
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000254/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
255/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
256/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
257/// completely illegal.
258bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000259 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000260
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000261 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
262 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
263 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
264 << Expr->getType() << CT;
265 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000266 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000267
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000268 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
269 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
270 << Expr->getType() << CT;
271
272 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000273}
274
275
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
277/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000278/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
280/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
281/// GCC.
282QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
283 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000284 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000286
287 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000288
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000289 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000291 QualType lhs =
292 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000293 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000294 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000295
296 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
297 if (lhs == rhs)
298 return lhs;
299
300 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
301 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
302 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
303 return lhs;
304
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000305 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000306 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000307 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
308 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000309 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000310 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
311 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
312
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000313 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000314 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000315 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
316 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000317 return destType;
318}
319
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
321// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
322//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
323
324
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000325/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000326/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
327/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
328/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
329/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000330///
331Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000332Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000333 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
334
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000335 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000336 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000337 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000338
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000339 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000340 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
341 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000342
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000343 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000344 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000345 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000346
347 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
348 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
349 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000350
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000351 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
352 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
353 // strings.
354 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000355 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000356 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000357
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000358 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000359 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000360 Literal.GetStringLength(),
361 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
362 &StringTokLocs[0],
363 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000364}
365
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000366/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
367/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
368/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
369/// for values inside the block or for globals).
370///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000371/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
372/// up-to-date.
373///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000374static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
375 ValueDecl *VD) {
376 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
377 // we wanted to.
378 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
379 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000380
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000381 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
382 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
383 return false;
384
385 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
386 // snapshot it.
387 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
388 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000389 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
390 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000391
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000392 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
393 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
394
395 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
396 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
397 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
398 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
399 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
400 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
401 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
402 // having a reference outside it.
403 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000406 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
407 // a snapshot as well.
408 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
409 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000410
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000411 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000412}
413
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000414
415
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000416/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000417Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000418Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000419 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000420 assert(!isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D));
421
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000422 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
423 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000425 << D->getDeclName();
426 return ExprError();
427 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000429 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
430 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
432 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000434 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000435 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000436 << D->getIdentifier();
437 return ExprError();
438 }
439 }
440 }
441 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000442
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000443 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000444
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
446 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
447 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000448 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000449}
450
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000451/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
452/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
453/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000454static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
455 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000457 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000458
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000459 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
460 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
461 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000462 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000463 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000464 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000465 D != DEnd; ++D) {
466 if (*D == Record) {
467 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
468 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
469 ++D;
470 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000471 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000472 return *D;
473 }
474 }
475
476 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
477 return 0;
478}
479
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000480/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
481/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
482/// actual member.
483///
484/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
485/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
486/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
487/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
488/// we found.
489///
490/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
491/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
492/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
493VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
494 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
496 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
497 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
498
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000499 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
501 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
502 do {
503 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000504 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000505 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000506 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000507 else {
508 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
509 break;
510 }
511 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000512 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000513 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000514
515 return BaseObject;
516}
517
518Sema::OwningExprResult
519Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
520 FieldDecl *Field,
521 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
522 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
523 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000524 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000525 AnonFields);
526
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
528 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
529 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
530 // found via name lookup.
531 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000532 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000533 if (BaseObject) {
534 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
535 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000536 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000537 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000538 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000539 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000540 BaseQuals
541 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000542 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
543 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
544 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
545 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
546 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000547 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000548 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
549 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
550 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000551 BaseQuals
552 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000553 } else {
554 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
555 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
556 // program our base object expression is "this".
557 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
558 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000559 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 = Context.getTagDeclType(
561 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
562 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000563 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000564 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
565 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
566 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000567 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000568 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
570 }
571 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000572 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
573 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000575 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 }
577
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000578 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000579 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
580 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000581 }
582
583 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
584 // anonymous struct/union.
585 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000586 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
588 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
589 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
590 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000591 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
592 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
593
594 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
595 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
596 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
597 ResultQuals.removeConst();
598
599 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
600 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
601
602 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
603 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
604
605 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
606 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
607 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
608
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000609 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000610 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000611 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
612 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000613 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000614 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000615 }
616
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000617 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000618}
619
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000620static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, TemplateName TName) {
621 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
622 R.addDecl(TD);
623 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *OD
624 = TName.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl())
625 for (OverloadIterator I(OD), E; I != E; ++I)
626 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000627
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000628 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000629}
630
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000631Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
632 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
633 UnqualifiedId &Id,
634 bool HasTrailingLParen,
635 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
636 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
637 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
638
639 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000640 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000641
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000642 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
643
644 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
645 DeclarationName Name;
646 SourceLocation NameLoc;
647 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
648 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
649 ExplicitTemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
650 ExplicitTemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
651
652 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
653 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
654 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
655 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, ExplicitTemplateArgs);
656 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
657
658 TemplateName TName =
659 TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
660
661 Name = Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
662 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
663 TemplateArgs = &ExplicitTemplateArgs;
664 } else {
665 Name = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
666 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
667 TemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000668 }
669
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000670 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000671
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000672 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
673 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
674 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
675 // names a dependent type.
676 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
677 // we need to handle these differently.
678 if (SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) {
679 bool CheckForImplicitMember = !isAddressOfOperand;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000680
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000681 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
682 CheckForImplicitMember,
683 TemplateArgs);
684 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000685
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000686 // Perform the required lookup.
687 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
688 if (TemplateArgs) {
689 TemplateName TName =
690 TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000691
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000692 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
693 DecomposeTemplateName(R, TName);
694 } else {
695 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000696
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000697 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
698 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
699 if (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
700 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II));
701 if (E.isInvalid())
702 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000703
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000704 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
705 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000706 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000707 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000708
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000709 if (R.isAmbiguous())
710 return ExprError();
711
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000712 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
713 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000714 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000715
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000716 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000717 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000718 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
719 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
720 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
721 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
722 }
723
724 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
725 // call, diagnose the problem.
726 if (R.empty()) {
727 if (!SS.isEmpty())
728 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member)
729 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
730 << SS.getRange());
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000731 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000732 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000733 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
734 << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000735 else
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000736 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000737 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000738 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000739
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000740 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
741 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
742
743 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000744 // Warn about constructs like:
745 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
746 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000747
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000748 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
749 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000750 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000751 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000752 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000753 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000754 << Var->getDeclName()
755 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
756 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000757 break;
758 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000759
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000760 // Move to the parent of this scope.
761 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000762 }
763 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000764 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000765 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
766 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
767 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
768 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
769 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
770 // type.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000771 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000772 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000773
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000774 QualType T = Func->getType();
775 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000776 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000777 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000778 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000779 }
780 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000781
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000782 // &SomeClass::foo is an abstract member reference, regardless of
783 // the nature of foo, but &SomeClass::foo(...) is not. If this is
784 // *not* an abstract member reference, and any of the results is a
785 // class member (which necessarily means they're all class members),
786 // then we make an implicit member reference instead.
787 //
788 // This check considers all the same information as the "needs ADL"
789 // check, but there's no simple logical relationship other than the
790 // fact that they can never be simultaneously true. We could
791 // calculate them both in one pass if that proves important for
792 // performance.
793 if (!ADL) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000794 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000795
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000796 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer && !R.empty() &&
797 isa<CXXRecordDecl>((*R.begin())->getDeclContext())) {
798 return BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000799 }
800 }
801
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000802 if (TemplateArgs)
803 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000804
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000805 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
806}
807
808/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified declaration name,
809/// generally during template instantiation. There's a large number
810/// of things which don't need to be done along this path.
811Sema::OwningExprResult
812Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
813 DeclarationName Name,
814 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
815 DeclContext *DC;
816 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
817 DC->isDependentContext() ||
818 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
819 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
820
821 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
822 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
823
824 if (R.isAmbiguous())
825 return ExprError();
826
827 if (R.empty()) {
828 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
829 return ExprError();
830 }
831
832 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
833}
834
835/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
836/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
837/// additional lookup.
838///
839/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
840/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
841///
842/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
843Sema::OwningExprResult
844Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
845 IdentifierInfo *II) {
846 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
847
848 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
849 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
850 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
851 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
852 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
853
854 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
855 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
856 // ivar, that's an error.
857 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
858
859 bool LookForIvars;
860 if (Lookup.empty())
861 LookForIvars = true;
862 else if (IsClassMethod)
863 LookForIvars = false;
864 else
865 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
866 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
867
868 if (LookForIvars) {
869 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
870 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
871 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
872 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
873 if (IsClassMethod)
874 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
875 << IV->getDeclName());
876
877 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
878 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
879 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
880 return ExprError();
881
882 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
883 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
884 return ExprError();
885
886 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
887 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
888 ClassDeclared != IFace)
889 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
890
891 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
892 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
893 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
894 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
895 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
896 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
897 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
898 SelfName, false, false);
899 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
900 return Owned(new (Context)
901 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
902 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
903 }
904 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
905 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
906 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
907 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
908 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
909 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
910 IFace == ClassDeclared)
911 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
912 }
913 }
914
915 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
916 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
917 QualType T;
918
919 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
920 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
921 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
922 else
923 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
924 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
925 }
926
927 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
928 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000929}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000930
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000931/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000932bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000933Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
934 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000935 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000936 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000937 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000938 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000939 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
940 return false;
941 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
942 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000943 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000944 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
945 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000946 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000947 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
948 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
949 DestRecordType,
950 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
951 From->getSourceRange()))
952 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000953 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
954 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000955 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000956 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000957}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000958
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000959/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000960static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
961 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000962 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
963 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
964 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
965 SourceRange QualifierRange;
966 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
967 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS->getScopeRep();
968 QualifierRange = SS->getRange();
969 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000970
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000971 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
972 Member, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000973}
974
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000975/// Builds an implicit member access expression from the given
976/// unqualified lookup set, which is known to contain only class
977/// members.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000978Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000979Sema::BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
980 LookupResult &R,
981 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
982 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
983
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000984 NamedDecl *D = R.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000985 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000986
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000987 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
988 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000989 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000990 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000991 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
992 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000993 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000994
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000995 QualType ThisType;
996 QualType MemberType;
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000997 if (isImplicitMemberReference(SS, D, Loc, ThisType, MemberType)) {
998 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
999 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
1000 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
1001 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001002
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001003 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
1004 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1005 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
1006 // explicitly qualified.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001007 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001008 ShouldCheckUse = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001009 }
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001010
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001011 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
1012 return ExprError();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001013 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, &SS, D, Loc, MemberType,
1014 TemplateArgs));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001015 }
1016
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001017 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001018 if (!Method->isStatic())
1019 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object));
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001020 }
1021
1022 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001023 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001024 if (MD->isStatic()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001025 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001026 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001027 << D->getDeclName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001028 return ExprError();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001029 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001030 }
1031
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001032 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1033 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1034 // above.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001035 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001036 << D->getDeclName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001037 return ExprError();
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001038 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001039
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001040 // We're not in an implicit member-reference context, but the lookup
1041 // results might not require an instance. Try to build a non-member
1042 // decl reference.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001043 if (TemplateArgs)
1044 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, /* ADL */ false, *TemplateArgs);
1045
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001046 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001047}
1048
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001049bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001050 const LookupResult &R,
1051 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001052 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1053 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1054 return false;
1055
1056 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001057 if (SS.isSet())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001058 return false;
1059
1060 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001061 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001062 return false;
1063
1064 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1065 // normal lookup:
1066 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1067 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1068
1069 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1070 // -- a declaration of a class member
1071 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1072 // original decl.
1073 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
1074 return false;
1075
1076 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1077 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1078 // using-declaration
1079 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1080 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1081 // turn off ADL anyway).
1082 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1083 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1084 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1085 return false;
1086
1087 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1088 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1089 // template
1090 // And also for builtin functions.
1091 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1092 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1093
1094 // But also builtin functions.
1095 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1096 return false;
1097 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1098 return false;
1099 }
1100
1101 return true;
1102}
1103
1104
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001105/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1106/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1107/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1108/// will in fact be used.
1109static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1110 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1111 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1112 return true;
1113 }
1114
1115 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1116 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1117 return true;
1118 }
1119
1120 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1121 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1122 return true;
1123 }
1124
1125 return false;
1126}
1127
1128Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001129Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001130 LookupResult &R,
1131 bool NeedsADL) {
1132 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue);
1133
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001134 // If this isn't an overloaded result and we don't need ADL, just
1135 // build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001136 if (!NeedsADL && !R.isOverloadedResult())
1137 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001138
1139 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1140 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1141 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001142 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1143 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001144 return ExprError();
1145
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001146 bool Dependent
1147 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001148 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001149 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
1150 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1151 SS.getRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001152 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1153 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
1154 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1155 ULE->addDecl(*I);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001156
1157 return Owned(ULE);
1158}
1159
1160
1161/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1162Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001163Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001164 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1165 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001166 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1167 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001168 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1169
1170 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1171 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001172
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001173 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001174
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001175 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1176 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1177 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1178 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001179 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001180 return ExprError();
1181
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001182 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1183 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001184 return ExprError();
1185
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001186 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1187 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1188 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1189 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001190 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001191 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1192 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1193 //
1194 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001195 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001196 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001197 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001198 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001199 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001200 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1201 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001202 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001203
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001204 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001205 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001206 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001207 }
1208 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1209 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001210
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001211 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001212}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001213
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001214Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1215 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001216 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001217
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001218 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001219 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001220 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1221 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1222 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001223 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001224
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001225 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1226 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001227
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001228 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1229 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001230 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001231 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001232 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001233
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001234 QualType ResTy;
1235 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1236 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1237 } else {
1238 unsigned Length =
1239 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001240
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001241 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001242 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001243 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1244 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001245 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001246}
1247
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001248Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001249 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001250 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1251 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1252 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001253
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001254 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1255 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1256 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001257 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001258
1259 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1260
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001261 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1262 Literal.isWide(),
1263 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001264}
1265
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001266Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1267 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001268 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1269 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001270 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001271 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001272 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001273 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001274 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001275
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001276 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001277 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1278 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001279 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001280
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001281 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001282 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001283
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001284 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001285 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001286 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001287 return ExprError();
1288
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001289 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001290
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001291 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001292 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001293 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001294 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001295 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001296 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001297 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001298 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001299
1300 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1301
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001302 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1303 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001304 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1305 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001306
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001307 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001308 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001309 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001310 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001311
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001312 // long long is a C99 feature.
1313 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001314 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001315 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1316
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001317 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001318 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001319
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001320 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1321 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1322 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001323 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1324 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001325 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001326 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001327 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1328 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001329
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001330 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1331 // be an unsigned int.
1332 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1333
1334 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001335 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001336 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1337 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001338 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001339
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001340 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1341 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1342 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1343 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001344 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001345 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001346 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001347 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001348 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001349 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001350
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001351 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001352 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001353 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001354
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001355 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1356 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1357 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1358 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001359 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001360 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001361 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001362 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001363 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001364 }
1365
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001366 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001367 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001368 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001369
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001370 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1371 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1372 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1373 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001374 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001375 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001376 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001377 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001378 }
1379 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001380
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001381 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1382 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001383 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001384 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001385 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001386 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001387 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001388
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001389 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1390 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001391 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001392 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001393 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001394
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001395 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1396 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001397 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001398 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001399
1400 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001401}
1402
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001403Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1404 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001405 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001406 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001407 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001408}
1409
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001410/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001411/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001412bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001413 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1414 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1415 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001416 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1417 return false;
1418
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001419 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1420 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1421 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1422 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1423 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1424 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1425
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001426 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001427 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001428 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001429 if (isSizeof)
1430 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1431 return false;
1432 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001433
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001434 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001435 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001436 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1437 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001438 return false;
1439 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001440
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001441 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001442 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001443 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1444 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001445 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001446
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001447 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001448 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001449 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001450 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1451 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001452 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001453
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001454 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001455}
1456
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001457bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1458 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1459 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001460
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001461 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001462 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1463 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001464
1465 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1466 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1467 return false;
1468
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001469 if (E->getBitField()) {
1470 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1471 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001472 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001473
1474 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1475 // bit-field.
1476 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001477 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001478 return false;
1479
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001480 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1481}
1482
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001483/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001484Action::OwningExprResult
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001485Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DeclaratorInfo *DInfo,
1486 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001487 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001488 if (!DInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001489 return ExprError();
1490
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001491 QualType T = DInfo->getType();
1492
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001493 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1494 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1495 return ExprError();
1496
1497 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001498 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, DInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001499 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1500 R.getEnd()));
1501}
1502
1503/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1504/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001505Action::OwningExprResult
1506Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001507 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1508 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1509 bool isInvalid = false;
1510 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1511 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1512 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1513 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001514 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001515 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1516 isInvalid = true;
1517 } else {
1518 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1519 }
1520
1521 if (isInvalid)
1522 return ExprError();
1523
1524 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1525 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1526 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1527 R.getEnd()));
1528}
1529
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001530/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1531/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1532/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001533Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001534Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1535 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001536 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001537 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001538
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001539 if (isType) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001540 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo;
1541 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &DInfo);
1542 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001543 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001544
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001545 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1546 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1547 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1548
1549 if (Result.isInvalid())
1550 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1551
1552 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001553}
1554
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001555QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001556 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1557 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001558
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001559 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001560 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001561 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001562
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001563 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1564 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1565 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001566
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001567 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001568 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1569 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001570 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001571}
1572
1573
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001574
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001575Action::OwningExprResult
1576Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1577 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001578 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1579 switch (Kind) {
1580 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1581 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1582 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1583 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001584
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001585 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001586}
1587
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001588Action::OwningExprResult
1589Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1590 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001591 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1592 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1593
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001594 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1595 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001596
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001597 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001598 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1599 Base.release();
1600 Idx.release();
1601 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1602 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1603 }
1604
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001605 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001606 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001607 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1608 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1609 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001610 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001611 }
1612
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001613 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1614}
1615
1616
1617Action::OwningExprResult
1618Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1619 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1620 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1621 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1622
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001623 // Perform default conversions.
1624 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1625 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001626
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001627 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001628
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001629 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001630 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001631 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001632 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001633 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1634 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001635 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1636 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1637 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1638 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001639 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001640 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1641 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001642 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001643 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001644 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001645 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1646 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001647 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001648 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001649 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001650 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1651 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1652 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001653 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001654 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001655 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1656 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1657 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1658 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001659 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001660 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001661 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001662
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001663 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1664 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001665 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1666 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1667 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1668 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1669 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1670 // force the promotion here.
1671 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1672 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001673 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1674 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001675 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1676
1677 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1678 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001679 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001680 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1681 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1682 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1683 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001684 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1685 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001686 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1687
1688 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1689 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001690 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001691 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001692 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1693 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001694 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001695 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001696 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1697 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001698 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1699 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001700
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001701 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001702 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1703 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001704 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1705
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001706 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001707 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1708 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001709 // incomplete types are not object types.
1710 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1711 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1712 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1713 return ExprError();
1714 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001715
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001716 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001717 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001718 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1719 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001720 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001721
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001722 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1723 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1724 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1725 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1726 return ExprError();
1727 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001728
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001729 Base.release();
1730 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001731 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001732 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001733}
1734
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001735QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001736CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001737 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001738 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001739 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1740 // see FIXME there.
1741 //
1742 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1743 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001744 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001745
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001746 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001747 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001748
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001749 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001750 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1751 // to be selected.
1752 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001753
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001754 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1755 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001756 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001757
1758 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1759 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001760 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001761 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1762 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001763 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001764 do
1765 compStr++;
1766 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001767 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001768 do
1769 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001770 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001771 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001772
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001773 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001774 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1775 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001776 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1777 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001778 return QualType();
1779 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001780
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001781 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1782 // operates on.
1783 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001784 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001785
1786 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001787 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001788
1789 while (*compStr) {
1790 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1791 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1792 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1793 return QualType();
1794 }
1795 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001796 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001797
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001798 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1799 // number of elements.
1800 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001801 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001802 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001803 return QualType();
1804 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001805
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001806 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001807 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001808 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001809 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001810 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001811 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001812 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001813 if (HexSwizzle)
1814 CompSize--;
1815
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001816 if (CompSize == 1)
1817 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001818
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001819 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001820 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001821 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1822 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1823 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1824 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001825 }
1826 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001827}
1828
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001829static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001830 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001831 const Selector &Sel,
1832 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001833
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001834 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001835 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001836 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001837 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001838
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001839 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1840 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001841 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001842 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001843 return D;
1844 }
1845 return 0;
1846}
1847
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001848static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001849 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001850 const Selector &Sel,
1851 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001852 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1853 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001854 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001855 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001856 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001857 GDecl = PD;
1858 break;
1859 }
1860 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001861 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001862 GDecl = OMD;
1863 break;
1864 }
1865 }
1866 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001867 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001868 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1869 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001870 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001871 if (GDecl)
1872 return GDecl;
1873 }
1874 }
1875 return GDecl;
1876}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001877
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001878Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001879Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001880 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001881 DeclarationName MemberName,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001882 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001883 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1884 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001885 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
1886 return ExprError();
1887
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001888 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1889 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1890
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001891 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00001892 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001893
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001894 // Perform default conversions.
1895 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001896
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001897 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00001898
1899 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
1900 // type, it's probably because the forgot parentheses to call that
1901 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
1902 // call, and continue on.
1903 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1904 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
1905 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
1906 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
1907 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
1908 ((OpKind == tok::period && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
1909 (OpKind == tok::arrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
1910 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
1911 ->isRecordType()))) {
1912 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
1913 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
1914 << QualType(Fun, 0)
1915 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
1916
1917 OwningExprResult NewBase
1918 = ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
1919 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
1920 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
1921 return move(NewBase);
1922
1923 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
1924 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
1925 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1926 }
1927 }
1928 }
1929
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001930 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
1931 // use that.
1932 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
1933 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
1934 // is a reference to 'isa'.
1935 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
1936 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001937 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001938 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001939 }
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001940 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001941
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001942 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
1943 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
1944 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1945 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
1946 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
1947 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
1948 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
1949 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
1950 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
1951 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
1952 // Check the use of this method.
1953 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1954 return ExprError();
1955 }
1956 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1957 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1958 Selector SetterSel =
1959 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1960 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
1961 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
1962 if (!Setter) {
1963 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1964 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00001965 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001966 }
1967 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1968 if (!Setter)
1969 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
1970
1971 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1972 return ExprError();
1973
1974 if (Getter || Setter) {
1975 QualType PType;
1976
1977 if (Getter)
1978 PType = Getter->getResultType();
1979 else
1980 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
1981 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
1982 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
1983 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
1984 PType,
1985 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1986 }
1987 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1988 << MemberName << BaseType);
1989 }
1990 }
1991
1992 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
1993 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
1994 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001995 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001996 }
1997
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001998 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1999 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002000 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002001 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2002 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2003 if (SS) {
2004 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2005 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2006 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2007 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002008
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00002009 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002010 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002011 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002012 FirstQualifierInScope,
2013 MemberName,
2014 MemberLoc,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002015 ExplicitTemplateArgs));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002016 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002017 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002018 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002019 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2020 ;
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002021 else
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002022 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2023 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2024 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002025 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002026 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002027 // (so we'll report an error for)
2028 // T* t;
2029 // t.f;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002030 //
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002031 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2032 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2033 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002034 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002035
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002036 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002037 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
2038 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2039 if (SS) {
2040 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2041 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2042 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2043 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002044
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00002045 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002046 BaseExpr, false,
2047 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002048 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002049 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002050 FirstQualifierInScope,
2051 MemberName,
2052 MemberLoc,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002053 ExplicitTemplateArgs));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002054 }
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002055 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002056
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002057 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2058 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002059 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002060 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002061 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002062 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2063 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002064 return ExprError();
2065
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002066 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2067 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2068 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2069 // nested-name-specifier.
2070 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Douglas Gregor0b3d95a2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00002071
2072 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2073 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2074 << DC << SS->getRange();
2075 return ExprError();
2076 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002077
2078 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00002079 // CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002080 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2081 }
2082
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002083 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002084 LookupResult Result(*this, MemberName, MemberLoc, LookupMemberName);
2085 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002086
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002087 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002088 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2089 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002090 if (Result.isAmbiguous())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002091 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002092
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002093 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2094
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002095 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002096 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002097 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002098 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002099 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002100 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002101
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002102 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2103 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2104 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2105 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2106 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2107 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002108
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002109 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2110 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2111 // error cases.
2112 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2113 return ExprError();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002114
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002115 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2116 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2117 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2118 // explicitly qualified.
2119 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2120 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2121 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002122
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002123 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002124 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002125 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002126
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002127 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002128 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2129 // (C++ [class.union]).
2130 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002131 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002132 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002133
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002134 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002135 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002136 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002137 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2138 else {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002139 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2140 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2141 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2142
2143 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2144 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2145
2146 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2147 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2148 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002149 }
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002150
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002151 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002152 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2153 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002154 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002155 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002156 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002157
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002158 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2159 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002160 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2161 Var, MemberLoc,
2162 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002163 }
2164 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2165 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002166 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2167 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2168 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002169 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002170 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002171 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2172 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002173
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002174 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002175 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2176 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002177 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002178 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2179 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002180 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002181
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002182 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2183 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2184 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002185 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002186 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002187 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002188 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002189 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2190 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002191 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002192 Ovl, MemberLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002193 Context.OverloadTy));
2194
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002195 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2196 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002197 }
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002198 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2199 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002200 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2201 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002202 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002203 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002204 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002205 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002206
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002207 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2208 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2209 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002210 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2211 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002212 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002213 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002214
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002215 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2216 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2217 // pseudo-destructor.
2218 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2219 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002220 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2221 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002222 // type.
2223 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2224 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2225 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002226
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002227 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2228 // same as the object type.
2229 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2230 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2231 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2232 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2233 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002234
2235 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002236 // the form
2237 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002238 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2239 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002240 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2241 //
2242 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2243 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002244
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002245 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2246 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2247 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002248 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002249 OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002250 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002251 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2252 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2253 MemberLoc));
2254 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002255
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002256 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2257 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002258 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2259 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002260 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002261 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002262 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002263 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002264 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2265
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002266 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2267 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002268 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002269
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002270 if (IV) {
2271 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2272 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2273 // error cases.
2274 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2275 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002276
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002277 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2278 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2279 return ExprError();
2280 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2281 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2282 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2283 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2284 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2285 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2286 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2287 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2288 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2289 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2290 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2291 // AST for a function decl.
2292 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002293 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002294 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2295 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2296 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2297 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2298 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2299 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002300
2301 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2302 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002303 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002304 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002305 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002306 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2307 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002308 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002309 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002310 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002311
2312 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2313 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2314 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002315 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002316 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002317 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002318 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002319 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002320 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002321 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002322 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002323 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002324 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002325 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002326
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002327 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002328 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002329 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2330 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2331 // Check the use of this declaration
2332 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2333 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002334
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002335 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2336 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2337 }
2338 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2339 // Check the use of this method.
2340 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2341 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002342
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002343 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002344 OMD->getResultType(),
2345 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002346 NULL, 0));
2347 }
2348 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002349
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002350 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002351 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002352 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002353 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2354 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002355 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002356 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002357 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2358 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2359 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002360 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002361
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002362 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002363 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002364 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2365 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2366 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002367 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002368 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002369 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002370 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2371 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002372 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002373 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2374 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002375 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002376 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2377 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002378 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002379 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2380 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2381 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002382
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002383 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002384 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2385 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002386 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2387 // selector is implemented.
2388
2389 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2390 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2391
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002392 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002393 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002394
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002395 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2396 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002397 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002398
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002399 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002400 if (!Getter)
2401 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002402 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002403 // Check if we can reference this property.
2404 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2405 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002406 }
2407 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2408 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002409 Selector SetterSel =
2410 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002411 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002412 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002413 if (!Setter) {
2414 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2415 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002416 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002417 }
2418 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002419 if (!Setter)
2420 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002421
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002422 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2423 return ExprError();
2424
2425 if (Getter || Setter) {
2426 QualType PType;
2427
2428 if (Getter)
2429 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002430 else
2431 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2432 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002433 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002434 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002435 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2436 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002437 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002438 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002439 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002440
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002441 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002442 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002443 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002444 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002445 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2446 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2447
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002448 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002449 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002450 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002451 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2452 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002453 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002454 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002455 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002456 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002457
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002458 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2459 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2460
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002461 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002462}
2463
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002464Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base,
2465 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2466 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2467 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2468 UnqualifiedId &Member,
2469 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2470 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2471 if (Member.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
2472 TemplateName Template
2473 = TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(Member.TemplateId->Template);
2474
2475 // FIXME: We're going to end up looking up the template based on its name,
2476 // twice!
2477 DeclarationName Name;
2478 if (TemplateDecl *ActualTemplate = Template.getAsTemplateDecl())
2479 Name = ActualTemplate->getDeclName();
2480 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Template.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl())
2481 Name = Ovl->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00002482 else {
2483 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Template.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2484 if (DTN->isIdentifier())
2485 Name = DTN->getIdentifier();
2486 else
2487 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2488 }
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002489
2490 // Translate the parser's template argument list in our AST format.
2491 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
2492 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002493 Member.TemplateId->NumArgs);
2494
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002495 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
2496 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(Member.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
2497 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(Member.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
2498 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002499 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
2500
2501 // Do we have the save the actual template name? We might need it...
2502 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2503 Member.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002504 Name, &TemplateArgs, DeclPtrTy(),
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002505 &SS);
2506 }
2507
2508 // FIXME: We lose a lot of source information by mapping directly to the
2509 // DeclarationName.
2510 OwningExprResult Result
2511 = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2512 Member.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2513 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Member),
2514 ObjCImpDecl, &SS);
2515
2516 if (Result.isInvalid() || HasTrailingLParen ||
2517 Member.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
2518 return move(Result);
2519
2520 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
2521 // immediately call them. Since the next token is not a '(', produce a
2522 // diagnostic and build the call now.
2523 Expr *E = (Expr *)Result.get();
2524 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc
2525 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Member.getSourceRange().getEnd());
2526 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
2527 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2528 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2529
2530 return ActOnCallExpr(0, move(Result), ExpectedLParenLoc,
2531 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, ExpectedLParenLoc);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002532}
2533
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002534Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2535 FunctionDecl *FD,
2536 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2537 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2538 Diag (CallLoc,
2539 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2540 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002541 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002542 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2543 } else {
2544 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2545 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2546
2547 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002548 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002549
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002550 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2551 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002552 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002553
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002554 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002555 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002556 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002557
2558 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002559 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2560 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2561 return ExprError();
2562 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002563
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002564 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002565
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002566 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2567 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2568 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002569 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002570 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002571 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002572 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2573 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2574 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2575 }
2576 }
2577
2578 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2579 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2580}
2581
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002582/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2583/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2584/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2585/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2586/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2587/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002588bool
2589Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002590 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002591 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002592 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2593 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002594 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002595 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2596 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002597 bool Invalid = false;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002598
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002599 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2600 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2601 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2602 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2603 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2604 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002605 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002606 }
2607
2608 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2609 // them.
2610 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2611 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2612 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2613 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2614 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2615 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2616 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2617 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002618 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002619 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002620 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002621 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002622 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00002623 VariadicCallType CallType =
2624 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2625 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2626 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2627 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2628 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002629 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian4fa66ce2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00002630 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002631 if (Invalid)
2632 return true;
2633 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
2634 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
2635 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
2636
2637 return false;
2638}
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002639
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002640bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2641 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
2642 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2643 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
2644 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2645 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00002646 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002647 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2648 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
2649 bool Invalid = false;
2650 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
2651 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2652 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2653 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002654 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002655 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002656 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002657
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002658 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002659 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
2660 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
2661
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002662 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2663 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002664 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002665 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002666 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002667
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002668 // Pass the argument.
2669 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2670 return true;
Anders Carlsson78cfaa92009-11-13 04:34:45 +00002671
Anders Carlsson97df0b42009-11-13 17:04:35 +00002672 if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType())
2673 Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002674 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002675 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002676
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002677 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002678 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002679 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2680 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002681
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002682 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002683 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002684 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002685 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002686
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002687 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00002688 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002689 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002690 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002691 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002692 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002693 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002694 }
2695 }
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002696 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002697}
2698
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002699/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2700/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2701/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2702/// template arguments, etc.
2703void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002704 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*> &Fns,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002705 DeclarationName &Name,
2706 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2707 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2708 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002709 bool &Overloaded,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002710 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002711 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002712 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002713 Name = DeclarationName();
2714 Qualifier = 0;
2715 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00002716 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002717 Overloaded = false;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002718 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002719
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002720 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2721 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2722 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2723 while (true) {
2724 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2725 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2726 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002727 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2728 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2729 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2730 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2731 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002732 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002733 Fns.push_back(cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl()));
2734 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2735 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier()))
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002736 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002737 break;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002738 } else if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UnresLookup
2739 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2740 Name = UnresLookup->getName();
2741 Fns.append(UnresLookup->decls_begin(), UnresLookup->decls_end());
2742 ArgumentDependentLookup = UnresLookup->requiresADL();
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002743 Overloaded = UnresLookup->isOverloaded();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002744 if ((Qualifier = UnresLookup->getQualifier()))
2745 QualifierRange = UnresLookup->getQualifierRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00002746 if (UnresLookup->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
2747 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2748 UnresLookup->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002749 }
2750 break;
2751 } else {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002752 break;
2753 }
2754 }
2755}
2756
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002757/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002758/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2759/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002760Action::OwningExprResult
2761Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2762 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002763 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002764 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002765
2766 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2767 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002768
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002769 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002770 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002771 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002772
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002773 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002774 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2775 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2776 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2777 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2778 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2779 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2780 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2781 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002782
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002783 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2784 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002785
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002786 NumArgs = 0;
2787 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002788
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002789 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2790 RParenLoc));
2791 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002792
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002793 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002794 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002795 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2796 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002797 bool Dependent = false;
2798 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2799 Dependent = true;
2800 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2801 Dependent = true;
2802
2803 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002804 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002805 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2806
2807 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2808 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2809 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2810 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2811
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002812 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002813 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2814 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2815 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2816 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2817 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2818 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2819 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002820 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2821 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002822 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002823
2824 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2825 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2826 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2827 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002828 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
2829 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
2830 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002831
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002832 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2833 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2834 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2835 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002836
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002837 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2838 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2839 TheCall.get(), 0))
2840 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002841
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002842 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2843 RParenLoc))
2844 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002845
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002846 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2847 }
2848 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
2849 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2850 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002851 }
2852 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002853 }
2854
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002855 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002856 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002857 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002858 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
2859 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002860 bool Overloaded;
2861 bool ADL;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002862 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002863 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002864 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2865 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002866 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002867 ADL, Overloaded, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002868 ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002869
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002870 NamedDecl *NDecl; // the specific declaration we're calling, if applicable
2871 FunctionDecl *FDecl; // same, if it's known to be a function
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002872
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002873 if (Overloaded || ADL) {
2874#ifndef NDEBUG
2875 if (ADL) {
2876 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
2877 assert(UnqualifiedName && "found no unqualified name for ADL");
2878
2879 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
2880 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
2881 if (Fns.size() == 1 && (FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fns[0])) &&
2882 FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
2883 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
2884
2885 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2886 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
2887 }
2888
2889 if (Overloaded) {
2890 // To be overloaded, we must either have multiple functions or
2891 // at least one function template (which is effectively an
2892 // infinite set of functions).
2893 assert((Fns.size() > 1 ||
2894 (Fns.size() == 1 &&
2895 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fns[0]->getUnderlyingDecl())))
2896 && "unrecognized overload situation");
2897 }
2898#endif
2899
2900 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002901 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &ExplicitTemplateArgs : 0),
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002902 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2903 RParenLoc, ADL);
2904 if (!FDecl)
2905 return ExprError();
2906
2907 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
2908
2909 NDecl = FDecl;
2910 } else {
2911 assert(Fns.size() <= 1 && "overloaded without Overloaded flag");
2912 if (Fns.empty())
2913 NDecl = FDecl = 0;
2914 else {
2915 NDecl = Fns[0];
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002916 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002917 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002918 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002919
2920 // Promote the function operand.
2921 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2922
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002923 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2924 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002925 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2926 Args, NumArgs,
2927 Context.BoolTy,
2928 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002929
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002930 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2931 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2932 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2933 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002934 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002935 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002936 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2937 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002938 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002939 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002940 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002941 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002942 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002943 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002944 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2945 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2946
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002947 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002948 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
2949 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
2950 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002951 return ExprError();
2952
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002953 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002954 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002955
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002956 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002957 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002958 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002959 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002960 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002961 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002962
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002963 if (FDecl) {
2964 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2965 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2966 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002967 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002968 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002969 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002970 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2971 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2972 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2973 }
2974 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002975 }
2976
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002977 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002978 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2979 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2980 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002981 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2982 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002983 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2984 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002985 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002986 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002987 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00002988 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002989
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002990 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2991 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002992 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2993 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002994
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002995 // Check for sentinels
2996 if (NDecl)
2997 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002998
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002999 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003000 if (FDecl) {
3001 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3002 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003003
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003004 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003005 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3006 } else if (NDecl) {
3007 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3008 return ExprError();
3009 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003010
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003011 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003012}
3013
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003014Action::OwningExprResult
3015Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3016 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003017 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003018 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3019 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003020 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003021 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003022 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003023
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003024 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003025 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003026 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3027 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003028 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3029 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003030 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003031 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003032 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003033 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003034
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003035 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003036 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003037 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003038
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003039 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003040 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003041 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003042 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003043 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003044 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003045 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003046 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003047}
3048
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003049Action::OwningExprResult
3050Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003051 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3052 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3053 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003054
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003055 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003056 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003057
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003058 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003059 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003060 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003061 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003062}
3063
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003064static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3065 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003066 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003067 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3068
3069 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3070 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3071 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3072 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3073 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3074 }
3075
3076 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3077 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3078 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3079 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3080 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3081 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3082 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3083 }
3084
3085 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3086 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3087 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3088 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3089 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3090 }
3091
3092 // FIXME: Assert here.
3093 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3094 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3095}
3096
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003097/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003098bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003099 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003100 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3101 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003102 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003103 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3104 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003105
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003106 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003107
3108 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3109 // type needs to be scalar.
3110 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3111 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003112 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3113 return false;
3114 }
3115
3116 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003117 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003118 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3119 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003120 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003121 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3122 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003123 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003124 return false;
3125 }
3126
3127 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003128 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003129 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003130 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003131 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003132 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003133 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3134 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003135 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3136 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3137 break;
3138 }
3139 }
3140 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3141 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3142 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003143 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003144 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003145 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003146
3147 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3148 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3149 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3150 }
3151
3152 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3153 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003154 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3155 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003156 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003157 }
3158
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003159 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3160 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3161
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003162 if (castType->isVectorType())
3163 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3164 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3165 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3166
3167 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003168 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003169
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003170 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3171 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3172
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003173 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003174 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3175 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3176 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3177 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3178 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3179 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3180 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3181 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3182 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3183 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003184 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003185
3186 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003187 return false;
3188}
3189
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003190bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3191 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003192 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003193
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003194 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003195 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003196 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003197 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003198 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003199 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003200 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003201 } else
3202 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003203 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003204 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003205
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003206 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003207 return false;
3208}
3209
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003210bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3211 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003212 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003213
3214 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3215
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003216 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3217 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003218 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3219 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3220 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3221 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003222 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003223 return false;
3224 }
3225
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003226 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003227 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3228 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003229 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3230 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3231 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3232 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003233
3234 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3235 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3236 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003237
3238 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003239 return false;
3240}
3241
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003242Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003243Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003244 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003245 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003246
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003247 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3248 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003249
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003250 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003251 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3252 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003253
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003254 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3255 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3256 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003257 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003258 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003259 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003260 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003261
3262 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003263 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003264 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003265
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003266 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3267 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003268
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003269 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3270 } else {
3271 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003272 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003273
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003274 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003275 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003276 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003277}
3278
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003279/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3280/// of comma binary operators.
3281Action::OwningExprResult
3282Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3283 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3284 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3285 if (!E)
3286 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003287
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003288 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003289
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003290 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3291 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3292 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003293
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003294 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3295}
3296
3297Action::OwningExprResult
3298Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3299 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3300 QualType Ty) {
3301 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003302
3303 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003304 // then handle it as such.
3305 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3306 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3307 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3308 return ExprError();
3309 }
3310
3311 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3312 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3313 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3314
3315 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3316 // braces instead of the original commas.
3317 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003318 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003319 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3320 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003321 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003322 Owned(E));
3323 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003324 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003325 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3326 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3327 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3328 }
3329}
3330
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003331Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003332 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003333 MultiExprArg Val,
3334 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003335 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3336 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003337 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3338 Expr *expr;
3339 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
3340 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
3341 else
3342 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003343 return Owned(expr);
3344}
3345
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003346/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3347/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003348/// C99 6.5.15
3349QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3350 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003351 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3352 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3353 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3354
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003355 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3356
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003357 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3358 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3359 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3360 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3361 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3362 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003363
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003364 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003365 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3366 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3367 << CondTy;
3368 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003369 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003370
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003371 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003372 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3373 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003374
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003375 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3376 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003377 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3378 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3379 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003380 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003381
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003382 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3383 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003384 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3385 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003386 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003387 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003388 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003389 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003390 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003391 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003392
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003393 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003394 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003395 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3396 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3397 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3398 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3399 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3400 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3401 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003402 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3403 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003404 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003405 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003406 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3407 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003408 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003409 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003410 // promote the null to a pointer.
3411 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003412 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003413 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003414 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003415 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003416 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003417 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003418 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003419 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3420 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3421 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3422 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3423 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003424 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003425 return LHSTy;
3426 }
3427 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3428 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003429 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003430 return RHSTy;
3431 }
3432 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3433 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3434 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003435 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003436 return LHSTy;
3437 }
3438 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3439 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003440 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003441 return RHSTy;
3442 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003443 // Handle block pointer types.
3444 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3445 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3446 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3447 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003448 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3449 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003450 return destType;
3451 }
3452 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3453 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3454 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003455 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003456 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3457 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3458 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003459 return LHSTy;
3460 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003461 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003462 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3463 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003464
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003465 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3466 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003467 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3468 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3469 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3470 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3471 // to get a consistent AST.
3472 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003473 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3474 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003475 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003476 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003477 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003478 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3479 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003480 return LHSTy;
3481 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003482 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003483 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003484
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003485 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3486 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3487 return LHSTy;
3488 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003489 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3490 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003491 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003492
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003493 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3494 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3495 // type. This allows
3496 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3497 // where B is a subclass of A.
3498 //
3499 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3500 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3501 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3502 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3503
3504 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3505 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003506 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003507 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003508 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003509 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003510 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003511 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003512 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003513 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003514 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3515 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3516 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3517 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3518 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003519 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003520 } else if (!(compositeType =
3521 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3522 ;
3523 else {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003524 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3525 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3526 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3527 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003528 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3529 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003530 return incompatTy;
3531 }
3532 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003533 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3534 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003535 return compositeType;
3536 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003537 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3538 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003539 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003540 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003541 QualType destPointee
3542 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003543 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003544 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3545 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3546 // Promote to void*.
3547 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003548 return destType;
3549 }
3550 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003551 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003552 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003553 QualType destPointee
3554 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003555 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003556 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3557 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3558 // Promote to void*.
3559 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003560 return destType;
3561 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003562 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3563 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3564 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003565 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3566 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003567
3568 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3569 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3570 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003571 QualType destPointee
3572 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003573 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003574 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3575 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3576 // Promote to void*.
3577 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003578 return destType;
3579 }
3580 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003581 QualType destPointee
3582 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003583 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003584 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003585 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003586 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003587 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003588 return destType;
3589 }
3590
3591 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3592 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3593 return LHSTy;
3594 }
3595 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3596 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3597 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3598 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3599 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3600 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3601 // to get a consistent AST.
3602 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003603 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3604 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003605 return incompatTy;
3606 }
3607 // The pointer types are compatible.
3608 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3609 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3610 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3611 // type.
3612 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3613 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003614 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3615 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003616 return LHSTy;
3617 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003618
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003619 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3620 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3621 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3622 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003623 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003624 return RHSTy;
3625 }
3626 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3627 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3628 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003629 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003630 return LHSTy;
3631 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003632
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003633 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003634 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3635 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003636 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003637}
3638
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003639/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003640/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003641Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3642 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3643 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3644 ExprArg RHS) {
3645 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3646 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003647
3648 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3649 // was the condition.
3650 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3651 if (isLHSNull)
3652 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003653
3654 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003655 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003656 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003657 return ExprError();
3658
3659 Cond.release();
3660 LHS.release();
3661 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003662 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003663 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003664 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003665}
3666
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003667// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003668// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003669// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3670// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3671// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003672Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003673Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003674 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003675
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003676 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3677 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3678 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3679 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3680 return Compatible;
3681 }
3682
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003683 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003684 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3685 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003686
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003687 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003688 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3689 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003690
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003691 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003692
3693 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3694 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3695 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003696 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003697 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003698 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003699
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003700 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3701 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003702 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003703 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003704 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003705 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003706
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003707 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003708 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3709 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003710 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003711
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003712 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003713 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003714 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003715
3716 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003717 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3718 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003719 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003720 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003721 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003722 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3723 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3724 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3725 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3726 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3727 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003728 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003729 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003730 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003731 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003732
3733 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003734 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003735 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003736 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003737
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003738 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3739 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3740 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3741 // warning can be disabled.
3742 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3743 return ConvTy;
3744 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3745 }
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003746
3747 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
3748 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
3749 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
3750 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
3751 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
3752 do {
3753 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3754 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3755
3756 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3757 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
3758 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
3759
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003760 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00003761 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003762 }
3763
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003764 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003765 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003766 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003767 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003768}
3769
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003770/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3771/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3772/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3773// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003774Sema::AssignConvertType
3775Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003776 QualType rhsType) {
3777 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003778
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003779 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003780 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3781 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003782
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003783 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3784 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3785 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003786
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003787 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003788
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003789 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003790 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003791 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003792
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003793 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003794 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003795 return ConvTy;
3796}
3797
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003798/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3799/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003800/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3801///
3802/// int a, *pint;
3803/// short *pshort;
3804/// struct foo *pfoo;
3805///
3806/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3807/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3808/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3809/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3810///
3811/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003812/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003813///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003814Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003815Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003816 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3817 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003818 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3819 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003820
3821 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003822 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003823
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003824 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3825 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3826 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3827 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3828 return Compatible;
3829 }
3830
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003831 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3832 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3833 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3834 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3835 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3836 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3837 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003838 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003839 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003840 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003841 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003842 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003843 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3844 // to the same ExtVector type.
3845 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3846 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3847 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3848 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3849 return Compatible;
3850 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003851
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003852 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003853 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003854 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003855 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003856 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3857 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003858 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003859 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003860 }
3861 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003862 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003863
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003864 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003865 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003866
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003867 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003868 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003869 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003870
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003871 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003872 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003873
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003874 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003875 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003876 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3877 return Compatible;
3878 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003879 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003880 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3881 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003882 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003883
3884 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003885 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003886 return Compatible;
3887 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003888 return Incompatible;
3889 }
3890
3891 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3892 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003893 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003894
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003895 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003896 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003897 return Compatible;
3898
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003899 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3900 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003901
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003902 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003903 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003904 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003905 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003906 return Incompatible;
3907 }
3908
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003909 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3910 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3911 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003912
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003913 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003914 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003915 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3916 return Compatible;
3917 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003918 }
3919 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003920 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3921 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003922 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3923 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003924 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3925 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003926 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003927 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003928 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003929 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3930 return Compatible;
3931 }
3932 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3933 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3934 return Compatible;
3935 return Incompatible;
3936 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003937 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003938 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003939 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3940 return Compatible;
3941
3942 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003943 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003944
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003945 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003946 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003947
3948 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003949 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003950 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003951 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003952 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003953 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3954 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3955 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3956 return Compatible;
3957
3958 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3959 return PointerToInt;
3960
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003961 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003962 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003963 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3964 return Compatible;
3965 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003966 }
3967 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003968 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003969 return Compatible;
3970 return Incompatible;
3971 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003972
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003973 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003974 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003975 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00003976 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003977 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00003978}
3979
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003980/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3981/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003982static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003983 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3984 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3985 // of the transparent union.
3986 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3987 &E, 1,
3988 SourceLocation());
3989 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3990 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3991
3992 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3993 // union type from this initializer list.
3994 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3995 false);
3996}
3997
3998Sema::AssignConvertType
3999Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4000 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4001
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004002 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004003 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4004 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004005 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004006 return Incompatible;
4007
4008 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4009 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4010 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4011 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004012 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4013 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004014 it != itend; ++it) {
4015 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4016 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4017 // 1) void pointer
4018 // 2) null pointer constant
4019 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004020 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004021 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004022 InitField = *it;
4023 break;
4024 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004025
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004026 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4027 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004028 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004029 InitField = *it;
4030 break;
4031 }
4032 }
4033
4034 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4035 == Compatible) {
4036 InitField = *it;
4037 break;
4038 }
4039 }
4040
4041 if (!InitField)
4042 return Incompatible;
4043
4044 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4045 return Compatible;
4046}
4047
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004048Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004049Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004050 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4051 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4052 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4053 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4054 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004055 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4056 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004057 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004058 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004059 }
4060
4061 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4062 // structures.
4063 }
4064
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004065 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4066 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004067 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4068 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004069 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004070 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4071 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004072 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004073 return Compatible;
4074 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004075
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004076 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004077 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004078 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004079 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004080 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004081 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004082 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4083 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004084
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004085 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4086 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004087
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004088 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4089 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004090 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4091 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4092 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4093 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004094 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004095 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4096 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004097 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004098}
4099
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004100QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004101 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004102 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004103 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004104 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004105}
4106
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004107inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004108 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004109 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004110 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004111 QualType lhsType =
4112 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4113 QualType rhsType =
4114 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004115
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004116 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004117 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004118 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004119
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004120 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4121 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004122 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4123 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004124 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4125 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004126 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004127 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004128 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004129 }
4130 }
4131 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004132
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004133 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4134 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4135 bool swapped = false;
4136 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4137 swapped = true;
4138 std::swap(rex, lex);
4139 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4140 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004141
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004142 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004143 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004144 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4145 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4146 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004147 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004148 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4149 return lhsType;
4150 }
4151 }
4152 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4153 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4154 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004155 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004156 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4157 return lhsType;
4158 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004159 }
4160 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004161
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004162 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004163 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004164 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004165 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004166 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004167}
4168
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004169inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004170 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004171 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004172 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004173
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004174 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004175
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004176 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004177 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004178 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004179}
4180
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004181inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004182 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004183 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4184 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4185 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4186 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4187 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004188
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004189 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004190
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004191 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004192 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004193 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004194}
4195
4196inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004197 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004198 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4199 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4200 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4201 return compType;
4202 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004203
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004204 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004205
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004206 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004207 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4208 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4209 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004210 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004211 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004212
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004213 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4214 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004215 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004216 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4217
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004218 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004219
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004220 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004221 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004222
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004223 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4224 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004225 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4226 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004227 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004228 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004229 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004230
4231 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4232 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4233 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004234 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004235 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4236 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4237 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4238 return QualType();
4239 }
4240
4241 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4242 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4243 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004244 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004245 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004246 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004247 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004248 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4249 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004250 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4251 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004252 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004253 return QualType();
4254 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004255 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4256 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4257 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4258 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4259 return QualType();
4260 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004261
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004262 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004263 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4264 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4265 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4266 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4267 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004268 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004269 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4270 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004271 return PExp->getType();
4272 }
4273 }
4274
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004275 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004276}
4277
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004278// C99 6.5.6
4279QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004280 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4281 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4282 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4283 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4284 return compType;
4285 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004286
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004287 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004288
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004289 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004290
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004291 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004292 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4293 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004294 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004295 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004296 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004297
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004298 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004299 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004300 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004301
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004302 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004303
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004304 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4305 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4306 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4307 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4308 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4309 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4310 return QualType();
4311 }
4312
4313 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4314 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4315 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4316 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4317 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004318 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004319 return QualType();
4320 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004321
4322 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4323 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4324 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004325 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004326 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004327 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004328 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004329 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004330
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004331 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4332 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4333 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4334 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4335 return QualType();
4336 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004337
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004338 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004339 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4340 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4341 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4342 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4343 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4344 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004345 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004346 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4347
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004348 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004349 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004350 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004351
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004352 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004353 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004354 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004355
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004356 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4357 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4358 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4359 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4360 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4361 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4362 return QualType();
4363 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004364
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004365 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4366 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4367 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4368 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004369 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004370 return QualType();
4371 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004372
4373 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4374 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4375 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4376 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4377 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004378 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4379 << rex->getSourceRange()
4380 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004381 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004382
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004383 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4384 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4385 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4386 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4387 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4388 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4389 return QualType();
4390 }
4391 } else {
4392 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4393 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4394 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4395 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4396 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4397 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4398 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4399 return QualType();
4400 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004401 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004402
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004403 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4404 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4405 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4406 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4407 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004408 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004409 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004410
4411 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004412 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4413 }
4414 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004415
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004416 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004417}
4418
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004419// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004420QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004421 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004422 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4423 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004424 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004425
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004426 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4427 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4428 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4429
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004430 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4431 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004432 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4433 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4434 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4435 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4436 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004437 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004438 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004439 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004440
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004441 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004442
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004443 // Sanity-check shift operands
4444 llvm::APSInt Right;
4445 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004446 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4447 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004448 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004449 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4450 else {
4451 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4452 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4453 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4454 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4455 }
4456 }
4457
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004458 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004459 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004460}
4461
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004462/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4463///
4464/// \param lex the left-hand expression
4465/// \param rex the right-hand expression
4466/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004467/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
4468/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004469void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004470 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004471 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
4472 if (ExprEvalContext == Unevaluated)
4473 return;
4474
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004475 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
4476
4477 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
4478 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
4479 return;
4480
Sebastian Redl0b7c85f2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00004481 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
4482 // chance at instantiation time.
4483 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
4484 return;
4485
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004486 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
4487 // signed operand.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004488 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004489 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
4490 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4491 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004492 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004493 } else {
4494 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4495 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004496 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004497 }
4498
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004499 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004500 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
4501 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004502 // of the comparison will be exact.
4503 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
4504 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
4505 return;
4506
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004507 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
4508 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
4509 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004510 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004511 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
4512
4513 if (value.isNonNegative())
4514 return;
4515 }
4516
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004517 if (Equality) {
4518 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004519 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4520 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4521 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004522 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
4523 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
4524
4525 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
4526 if (value.isNonNegative())
4527 return;
4528 }
4529 }
4530
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004531 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004532 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4533 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4534}
4535
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004536// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004537QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004538 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4539 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4540
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004541 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004542 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004543
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004544 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
4545 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004546
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004547 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004548 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4549 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4550 else {
4551 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4552 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4553 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004554 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4555 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004556
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004557 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4558 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004559 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4560 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4561 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004562 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004563 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004564 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4565 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4566 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4567 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004568 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4569 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004570 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004571
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004572 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4573 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4574 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4575 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004576
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004577 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4578 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004579 Expr *literalString = 0;
4580 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004581 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004582 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4583 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004584 literalString = lex;
4585 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004586 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4587 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004588 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4589 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004590 literalString = rex;
4591 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4592 }
4593
4594 if (literalString) {
4595 std::string resultComparison;
4596 switch (Opc) {
4597 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4598 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4599 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4600 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4601 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4602 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4603 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4604 }
4605 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4606 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4607 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004608 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4609 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4610 "strcmp(")
4611 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4612 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004613 resultComparison);
4614 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004615 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004616
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004617 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004618 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004619
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004620 if (isRelational) {
4621 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004622 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004623 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004624 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004625 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004626 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004627 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004628 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004629
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004630 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004631 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004632 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004633
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004634 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4635 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4636 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4637 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004638
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004639 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4640 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4641 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004642 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004643 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004644 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004645 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004646 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004647
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004648 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004649 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4650 return ResultTy;
4651
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004652 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4653 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4654 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4655 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4656 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4657 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004658 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004659 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004660 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004661 if (T.isNull()) {
4662 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4663 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4664 return QualType();
4665 }
4666
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004667 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4668 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004669 return ResultTy;
4670 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004671 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4672 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4673 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4674 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4675 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4676 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4677 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4678 }
4679 } else if (!isRelational &&
4680 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4681 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4682 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4683 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4684 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4685 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4686 }
4687 } else {
4688 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004689 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004690 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004691 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004692 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004693 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004694 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004695 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004696
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004697 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004698 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004699 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004700 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004701 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4702 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004703 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004704 return ResultTy;
4705 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004706 if (LHSIsNull &&
4707 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4708 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004709 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004710 return ResultTy;
4711 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004712
4713 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004714 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004715 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4716 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004717 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4718 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4719 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4720 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4721 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4722 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4723 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4724 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004725 // types.
4726 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4727 if (T.isNull()) {
4728 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4729 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4730 return QualType();
4731 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004732
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004733 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4734 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004735 return ResultTy;
4736 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004737
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004738 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004739 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4740 return ResultTy;
4741 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004742
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004743 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004744 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004745 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4746 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004747
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004748 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004749 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004750 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004751 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004752 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004753 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004754 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004755 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004756 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004757 if (!isRelational
4758 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4759 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004760 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004761 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004762 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004763 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004764 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4765 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4766 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004767 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004768 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004769 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004770 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004771
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004772 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004773 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004774 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4775 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004776 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004777 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004778 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004779 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004780
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004781 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4782 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004783 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004784 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004785 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004786 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004787 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004788 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004789 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004790 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004791 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4792 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004793 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004794 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004795 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004796 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004797 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004798 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4799 if (RHSIsNull) {
4800 if (isRelational)
4801 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4802 } else if (isRelational)
4803 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4804 else
4805 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004806
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004807 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004808 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004809 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004810 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004811 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004812 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004813 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004814 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004815 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4816 if (LHSIsNull) {
4817 if (isRelational)
4818 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4819 } else if (isRelational)
4820 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4821 else
4822 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004823
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004824 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004825 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004826 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004827 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004828 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004829 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00004830 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004831 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004832 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4833 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004834 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004835 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004836 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004837 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4838 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004839 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004840 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004841 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004842 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004843}
4844
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004845/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004846/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004847/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4848/// types.
4849QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004850 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004851 bool isRelational) {
4852 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4853 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004854 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004855 if (vType.isNull())
4856 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004857
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004858 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4859 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004860
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004861 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4862 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4863 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4864 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4865 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4866 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4867 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004868 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004869 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004870
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004871 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4872 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4873 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004874 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004875 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004876
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004877 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4878 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4879 // elements for floating point vectors.
4880 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4881 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004882
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004883 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004884 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004885 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004886 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004887 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004888 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4889
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004890 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004891 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004892 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4893}
4894
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004895inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004896 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004897 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004898 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004899
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004900 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004901
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004902 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004903 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004904 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004905}
4906
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004907inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004908 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004909 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4910 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4911 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004912
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004913 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4914 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004915
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004916 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004917 }
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004918
4919 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
4920 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
4921 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
4922 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
4923 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
4924 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
4925 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004926
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004927 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
4928 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
4929 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4930
4931 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
4932 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
4933 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
4934 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4935
4936 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
4937 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
4938 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4939
4940 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4941 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4942 // The result is a bool.
4943 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004944}
4945
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004946/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4947/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4948/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4949///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004950static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004951 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4952 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4953 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4954 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004955 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004956 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4957 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4958 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4959 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004960 }
4961 }
4962 return false;
4963}
4964
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004965/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4966/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4967static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004968 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004969 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004970 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004971 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4972 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004973 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4974 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004975
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004976 unsigned Diag = 0;
4977 bool NeedType = false;
4978 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4979 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4980 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004981 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004982 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4983 NeedType = true;
4984 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004985 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004986 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4987 NeedType = true;
4988 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004989 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004990 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4991 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004992 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004993 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4994 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004995 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4996 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004997 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004998 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4999 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005000 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005001 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5002 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005003 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005004 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5005 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005006 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5007 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5008 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005009 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5010 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5011 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005012 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005013
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005014 SourceRange Assign;
5015 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5016 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005017 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005018 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005019 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005020 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005021 return true;
5022}
5023
5024
5025
5026// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005027QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5028 SourceLocation Loc,
5029 QualType CompoundType) {
5030 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5031 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005032 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005033
5034 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5035 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005036
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005037 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005038 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005039 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005040 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005041 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5042 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5043 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005044 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005045 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005046 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005047 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005048
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005049 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5050 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5051 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005052 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005053 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5054 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5055 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5056 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5057 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005058 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005059 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005060 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5061 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5062 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005063 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5064 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005065 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5066 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5067 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005068 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005069 }
5070 } else {
5071 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005072 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005073 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005074
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005075 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
5076 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005077 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005078
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005079 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5080 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005081 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005082 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5083 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005084 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005085 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005086 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005087}
5088
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005089// C99 6.5.17
5090QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005091 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005092 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005093
5094 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5095 // incomplete in C++).
5096
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005097 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005098}
5099
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005100/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5101/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005102QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5103 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005104 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5105 return Context.DependentTy;
5106
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005107 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5108 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005109
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005110 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5111 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5112 if (!isInc) {
5113 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5114 return QualType();
5115 }
5116 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5117 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5118 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005119 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005120 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5121 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005122
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005123 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005124 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005125 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5126 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5127 << Op->getSourceRange();
5128 return QualType();
5129 }
5130
5131 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005132 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005133 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005134 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5135 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5136 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5137 return QualType();
5138 }
5139
5140 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005141 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005142 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005143 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005144 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005145 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005146 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005147 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5148 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5149 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5150 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5151 return QualType();
5152 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005153 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5154 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5155 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005156 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005157 } else {
5158 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005159 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005160 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005161 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005162 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005163 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005164 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005165 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005166 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005167}
5168
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005169/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005170/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005171/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5172/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5173/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5174/// - &(x) => x
5175/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5176/// - &s.xx => s
5177/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5178/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5179/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5180/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005181static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005182 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005183 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005184 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005185 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005186 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5187 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5188 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005189 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005190 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005191 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005192 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005193 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005194 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5195 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005196 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5197 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5198 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5199 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5200 }
5201 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005202 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005203 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5204 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005205
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005206 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005207 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5208 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5209 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5210 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5211 default:
5212 return 0;
5213 }
5214 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005215 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005216 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005217 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005218 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5219 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005220 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005221 default:
5222 return 0;
5223 }
5224}
5225
5226/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005227/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005228/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005229/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005230/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005231/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005232/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005233QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005234 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5235 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5236
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005237 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5238 return Context.DependentTy;
5239
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005240 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5241 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5242 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5243 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5244 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5245 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5246 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5247 }
5248 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5249 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5250 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005251 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005252 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005253
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005254 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5255 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005256 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005257 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005258 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005259 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5260 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005261 return QualType();
5262 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005263 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005264 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5265 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5266 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005267 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005268 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5269 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005270 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005271 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005272 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005273 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005274 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5275 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5276 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5277 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5278 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005279 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5280 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005281 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5282 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005283 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5284 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005285 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005286 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005287 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5288 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005289 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005290 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5291 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005292 return QualType();
5293 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005294 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005295 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005296 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005297 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005298 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5299 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005300 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005301 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005302 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5303 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005304 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005305 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5306 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5307 return QualType();
5308 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005309
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005310 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5311 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005312 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005313 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005314 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005315 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005316 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005317 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5318 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005319 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5320 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5321 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005322 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005323 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005324
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005325 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5326 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5327 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5328 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5329 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5330 }
5331
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005332 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005333 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005334}
5335
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005336QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005337 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5338 return Context.DependentTy;
5339
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005340 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5341 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005342
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005343 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5344 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5345 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5346 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005347 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005348 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005349
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005350 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005351 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005352
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005353 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005354 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005355 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005356}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005357
5358static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5359 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5360 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5361 switch (Kind) {
5362 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005363 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5364 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005365 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5366 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5367 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5368 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5369 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5370 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5371 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5372 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5373 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5374 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5375 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5376 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5377 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5378 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5379 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5380 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5381 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5382 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5383 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5384 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5385 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5386 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5387 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5388 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5389 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5390 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5391 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5392 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5393 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5394 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5395 }
5396 return Opc;
5397}
5398
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005399static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5400 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5401 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5402 switch (Kind) {
5403 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5404 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5405 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5406 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5407 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5408 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5409 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5410 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5411 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005412 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5413 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005414 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005415 }
5416 return Opc;
5417}
5418
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005419/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5420/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5421/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005422Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5423 unsigned Op,
5424 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005425 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005426 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005427 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5428 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5429 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005430
5431 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005432 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5433 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5434 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005435 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5436 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5437 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5438 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5439 break;
5440 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005441 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5442 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5443 break;
5444 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5445 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5446 break;
5447 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5448 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5449 break;
5450 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5451 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5452 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005453 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005454 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5455 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5456 break;
5457 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5458 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5459 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5460 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005461 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005462 break;
5463 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5464 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005465 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005466 break;
5467 case BinaryOperator::And:
5468 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5469 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5470 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5471 break;
5472 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5473 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5474 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5475 break;
5476 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5477 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005478 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5479 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5480 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5481 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005482 break;
5483 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005484 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5485 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5486 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5487 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005488 break;
5489 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005490 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5491 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5492 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005493 break;
5494 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005495 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5496 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5497 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005498 break;
5499 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5500 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005501 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5502 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5503 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5504 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005505 break;
5506 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5507 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5508 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005509 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5510 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5511 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5512 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005513 break;
5514 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5515 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5516 break;
5517 }
5518 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005519 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005520 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005521 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5522 else
5523 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005524 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5525 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005526}
5527
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005528/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5529/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005530static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5531 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5532 SourceRange ParenRange)
5533{
5534 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5535 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5536 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5537 // warning/error and return.
5538 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5539 return;
5540 }
5541
5542 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5543 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5544 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5545}
5546
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005547/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5548/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5549/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5550/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005551static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5552 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005553 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5554 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5555 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5556 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005557 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005558 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005559 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5560
5561 // Subs are not binary operators.
5562 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5563 return;
5564
5565 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5566 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005567 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5568 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005569 return;
5570
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005571 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005572 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5573 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005574 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5575 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5576 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5577 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005578 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5579 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005580 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5581 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5582 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005583}
5584
5585/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5586/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5587/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5588static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5589 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005590 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005591 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5592}
5593
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005594// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005595Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5596 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5597 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005598 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005599 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005600
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005601 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5602 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005603
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005604 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5605 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5606
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005607 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
5608}
5609
5610Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5611 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5612 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005613 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005614 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005615 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5616 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5617 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5618 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5619 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005620 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005621 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5622 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005623 if (S)
5624 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5625 Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005626 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005627 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005628 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005629 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005630 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005631
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005632 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5633 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005634 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005635 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005636
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005637 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005638 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005639}
5640
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005641Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005642 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005643 ExprArg InputArg) {
5644 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005645
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005646 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005647 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005648 QualType resultType;
5649 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005650 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5651 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5652 break;
5653
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005654 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5655 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005656 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5657 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005658 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005659 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5660 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005661 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005662 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005663 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005664 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005665 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005666 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005667 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005668 break;
5669 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5670 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005671 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5672 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005673 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5674 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005675 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5676 break;
5677 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5678 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5679 break;
5680 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5681 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5682 resultType->isPointerType())
5683 break;
5684
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005685 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5686 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005687 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005688 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5689 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005690 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5691 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005692 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5693 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5694 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005695 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005696 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005697 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005698 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5699 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005700 break;
5701 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005702 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005703 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5704 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005705 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5706 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005707 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005708 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5709 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005710 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005711 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5712 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005713 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005714 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005715 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005716 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005717 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005718 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005719 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005720 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005721 }
5722 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005723 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005724
5725 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005726 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005727}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005728
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005729Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5730 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5731 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005732 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00005733 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
5734 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005735 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5736 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5737 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5738 // the arguments.
5739 FunctionSet Functions;
5740 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5741 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005742 if (S)
5743 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5744 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005745 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005746 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005747 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005748 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005749
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005750 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5751 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005752
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005753 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5754}
5755
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005756// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5757Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5758 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5759 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
5760}
5761
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005762/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005763Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5764 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5765 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005766 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005767 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005768
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005769 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5770 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005771 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005772 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005773
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005774 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005775 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5776 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005777}
5778
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005779Sema::OwningExprResult
5780Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5781 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5782 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005783 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5784 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5785
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005786 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005787 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005788 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005789
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005790 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5791 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5792 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005793
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005794 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5795 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5796 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005797
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005798 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5799 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5800 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5801 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5802 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005803
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005804 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005805 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005806 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005807
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005808 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5809 // expressions are not lvalues.
5810
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005811 substmt.release();
5812 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005813}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005814
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005815Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5816 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5817 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5818 TypeTy *argty,
5819 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5820 unsigned NumComponents,
5821 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5822 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5823 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005824 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5825 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005826 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005827
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005828 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5829
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005830 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5831 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5832 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005833 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005834 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005835
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005836 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5837 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005838
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005839 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5840 // the offsetof designators.
5841 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5842 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005843 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005844 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005845
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005846 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5847 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005848 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5849 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005850 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005851 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5852 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005853
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005854 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005855 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005856
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00005857 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
5858 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
5859 return ExprError();
5860
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005861 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5862 // leaks like a sieve.
5863 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5864 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5865 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5866 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5867 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5868 if (!AT) {
5869 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005870 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5871 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005872 }
5873
5874 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5875
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005876 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5877 // expression.
5878 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5879
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005880 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5881 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005882 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005883 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005884 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005885 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005886 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005887
5888 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5889 OC.LocEnd);
5890 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005891 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005892
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005893 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005894 if (!RC) {
5895 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005896 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5897 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005898 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005899
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005900 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5901 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005902 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005903 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005904 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5905 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5906 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005907 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5908 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005909 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005910
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00005911 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
5912 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005913
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005914 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005915 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005916 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005917 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005918 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5919 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005920
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005921 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5922 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005923 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005924 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00005925 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005926 } else {
5927 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5928 // doesn't matter here.
5929 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5930 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5931 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005932 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005933 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005934
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005935 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5936 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005937}
5938
5939
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005940Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5941 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5942 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005943 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5944 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5945 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005946
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005947 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005948
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005949 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5950 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5951 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5952 return ExprError();
5953 }
5954
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005955 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5956 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005957}
5958
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005959Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5960 ExprArg cond,
5961 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5962 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5963 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5964 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5965 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005966
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005967 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5968
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005969 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005970 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005971 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005972 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005973 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005974 } else {
5975 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5976 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5977 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5978 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005979 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5980 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5981 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005982
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005983 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5984 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005985 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5986 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005987 }
5988
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005989 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5990 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005991 resType, RPLoc,
5992 resType->isDependentType(),
5993 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005994}
5995
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005996//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5997// Clang Extensions.
5998//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5999
6000/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006001void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006002 // Analyze block parameters.
6003 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006004
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006005 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
6006 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
6007 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006008
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006009 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006010 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00006011 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00006012 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006013 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6014 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006015
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006016 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006017 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006018}
6019
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006020void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006021 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006022
6023 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6024 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006025 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006026 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6027
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006028 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6029 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6030 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6031 return;
6032 }
6033
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006034 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6035 if (!T->isFunctionType())
6036 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
6037
6038 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6039 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006040 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006041 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006042 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006043 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006044 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6045 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006046 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006047
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006048 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6049 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6050 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6051 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6052 return;
6053 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006054 return;
6055 }
6056
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006057 // Analyze arguments to block.
6058 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6059 "Not a function declarator!");
6060 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006061
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006062 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6063 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006064
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006065 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6066 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6067 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6068 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006069 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6070 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006071 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006072 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006073 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6074 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006075 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006076 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006077 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006078 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006079 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006080 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006081 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006082 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6083 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6084 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6085 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6086 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006087
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006088 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006089 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006090 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006091 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006092 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006093 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6094 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006095
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006096 // Analyze the return type.
6097 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006098 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006099
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006100 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6101 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6102 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6103 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6104 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006105 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006106}
6107
6108/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6109/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6110void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6111 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6112 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006113
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006114 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6115
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006116 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006117 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006118 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006119 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006120}
6121
6122/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6123/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006124Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6125 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006126 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6127 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6128 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006129
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006130 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6131 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006132
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006133 PopDeclContext();
6134
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006135 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6136 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006137
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006138 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006139 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6140 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006141
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006142 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6143 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6144 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006145
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006146 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006147 QualType BlockTy;
6148 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006149 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6150 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006151 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006152 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006153 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6154 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006155
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006156 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006157 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006158 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006159
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006160 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6161 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6162 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6163 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006164
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006165 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006166 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006167 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6168 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006169}
6170
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006171Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6172 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6173 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006174 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006175 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6176 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006177
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006178 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006179
6180 // Get the va_list type
6181 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006182 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6183 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6184 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6185 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006186 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006187 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6188 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6189 } else {
6190 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6191 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006192 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006193 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006194 return ExprError();
6195 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006196
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006197 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6198 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006199 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6200 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006201 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006202 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006203
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006204 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006205 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006206
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006207 expr.release();
6208 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6209 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006210}
6211
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006212Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006213 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6214 // pointers on the target.
6215 QualType Ty;
6216 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6217 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6218 else
6219 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6220
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006221 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006222}
6223
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006224static void
6225MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6226 QualType DstType,
6227 Expr *SrcExpr,
6228 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6229 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6230 return;
6231
6232 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6233 if (!PT)
6234 return;
6235
6236 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6237 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6238 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6239 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6240 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6241 return;
6242 }
6243
6244 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6245 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6246 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6247 return;
6248
6249 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6250}
6251
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006252bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6253 SourceLocation Loc,
6254 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6255 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6256 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6257 bool isInvalid = false;
6258 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006259 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6260
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006261 switch (ConvTy) {
6262 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6263 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006264 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006265 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6266 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006267 case IntToPointer:
6268 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6269 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006270 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006271 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006272 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6273 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006274 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6275 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6276 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006277 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6278 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6279 break;
6280 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006281 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6282 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6283 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6284 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6285 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6286 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6287 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6288 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6289 // C++ semantics.
6290 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6291 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6292 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006293 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6294 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006295 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006296 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006297 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006298 case IntToBlockPointer:
6299 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6300 break;
6301 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006302 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006303 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006304 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006305 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006306 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6307 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6308 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006309 case IncompatibleVectors:
6310 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6311 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006312 case Incompatible:
6313 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6314 isInvalid = true;
6315 break;
6316 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006317
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006318 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006319 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006320 return isInvalid;
6321}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006322
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006323bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006324 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6325 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6326 if (Result)
6327 *Result = ICEResult;
6328 return false;
6329 }
6330
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006331 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6332
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006333 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006334 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6335 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6336
6337 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6338 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6339 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6340 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6341 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6342 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6343 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006344
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006345 return true;
6346 }
6347
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006348 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6349 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006350
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006351 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6352 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6353 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006354
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006355 if (Result)
6356 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6357 return false;
6358}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006359
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006360Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6361Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006362 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6363 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6364 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006365
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006366 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6367 return NewContext;
6368}
6369
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006370void
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006371Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6372 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6373 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6374
6375 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6376 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6377 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6378 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6379 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6380 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6381 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006382
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006383 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6384 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6385 I != IEnd; ++I)
6386 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6387 }
6388}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006389
6390/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6391///
6392/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6393/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6394/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6395/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6396///
6397/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6398///
6399/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6400void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6401 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006402
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006403 if (D->isUsed())
6404 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006405
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006406 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6407 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6408 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6409 // -Wunused-parameters)
6410 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6411 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006412 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006413
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006414 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6415 // an instantiation.
6416 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6417 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006418
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006419 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6420 case Unevaluated:
6421 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6422 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006423
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006424 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6425 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6426 // "used"; handle this below.
6427 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006428
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006429 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6430 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6431 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6432 // potentially evaluated.
6433 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6434 return;
6435 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006436
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006437 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006438 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006439 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006440 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6441 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6442 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006443 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006444 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006445 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6446 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6447 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006448 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6449 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6450 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006451
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006452 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6453 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6454 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6455 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6456 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6457 }
6458 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006459 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006460 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006461 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006462 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006463 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6464 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6465 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6466 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6467 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006468 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6469 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006470 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6471 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6472 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6473 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6474 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006475 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6476 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006477 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6478 }
6479
6480 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6481 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6482 }
6483
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006484 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006485 Function->setUsed(true);
6486 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006487 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006488
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006489 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006490 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006491 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006492 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6493 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6494 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6495 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6496 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6497 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6498 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6499 }
6500 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006501
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006502 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006503
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006504 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006505 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006506 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006507}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006508
6509bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6510 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6511 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6512 return false;
6513
6514 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6515 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6516 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6517 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6518
6519 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6520 FD ?
6521 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6522 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6523 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6524 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6525 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6526 return true;
6527
6528 return false;
6529}
6530
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006531// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6532// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6533void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6534 SourceLocation Loc;
6535
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006536 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
6537
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006538 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6539 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6540 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6541 return;
6542
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006543 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
6544 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
6545 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
6546 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
6547
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006548 // self = [<foo> init...]
6549 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
6550 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
6551 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6552
6553 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
6554 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
6555 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
6556 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6557 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006558
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006559 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6560 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6561 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6562 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6563 return;
6564
6565 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6566 } else {
6567 // Not an assignment.
6568 return;
6569 }
6570
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006571 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006572 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006573
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006574 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006575 << E->getSourceRange()
6576 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6577 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6578}
6579
6580bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6581 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6582
6583 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6584 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6585
6586 QualType T = E->getType();
6587
6588 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6589 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6590 return true;
6591 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6592 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6593 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6594 return true;
6595 }
6596 }
6597
6598 return false;
6599}